1. Notations and Elementary Facts🔗

We will use the following notations and conventions:

The symbol \mathbb{N} will denote the set \{0,1,2,3,\ldots\} of nonnegative integers.
The size, that is, cardinality, of a set A will be denoted by |A|.

We will need some basics from enumerative combinatorics:

Addition principle (sum rule): If A and B are two disjoint sets, then |A \cup B| = |A| + |B|.
Multiplication principle (product rule): If A and B are any two sets, then |A \times B| = |A| \cdot |B|.
Bijection principle: There is a bijection between two sets X and Y if and only if |X| = |Y|.
A set with n elements has 2^n subsets, and has \dbinom{n}{k} size-k subsets for any k \in \mathbb{R}.
A set with n elements has n! permutations.

Definition1.1

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.2

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any numbers n and k, we set \dbinom{n}{k} = \begin{cases} \dfrac{n(n-1)(n-2)\cdots(n-k+1)}{k!}, & \text{if } k \in \mathbb{N};\\ 0, & \text{else.} \end{cases} Note that "numbers" is to be understood fairly liberally here. In particular, n can be any integer, rational, real, or complex number, or more generally any element in a \mathbb{Q}-algebra, whereas k can be anything, although the only nonzero values of \dbinom{n}{k} are achieved for k \in \mathbb{N} by the above definition.

Lean code for Definition1.1●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_def_formula.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
  [FieldField.{u} (K : Type u) : Type uA `Field` is a `CommRing` with multiplicative inverses for nonzero elements.

An instance of `Field K` includes maps `ratCast : ℚ → K` and `qsmul : ℚ → K → K`.
Those two fields are needed to implement the `DivisionRing K → Algebra ℚ K` instance since we need
to control the specific definitions for some special cases of `K` (in particular `K = ℚ` itself).
See also note [forgetful inheritance].

If the field has positive characteristic `p`, our division by zero convention forces
`ratCast (1 / p) = 1 / 0 = 0`.  KType u_1] [CharZeroCharZero.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddMonoidWithOne R] : PropTypeclass for monoids with characteristic zero.
  (This is usually stated on fields but it makes sense for any additive monoid with 1.)

*Warning*: for a semiring `R`, `CharZero R` and `CharP R 0` need not coincide.
* `CharZero R` requires an injection `ℕ ↪ R`;
* `CharP R 0` asks that only `0 : ℕ` maps to `0 : R` under the map `ℕ → R`.
  For instance, endowing `{0, 1}` with addition given by `max` (i.e. `1` is absorbing), shows that
  `CharZero {0, 1}` does not hold and yet `CharP {0, 1} 0` does.
  This example is formalized in `Counterexamples/CharPZeroNeCharZero.lean`.
 KType u_1] (rK : KType u_1) (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rK nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (descPochhammerdescPochhammer.{u} (R : Type u) [Ring R] : ℕ → Polynomial R`descPochhammer R n` is the polynomial `X * (X - 1) * ... * (X - n + 1)`,
with coefficients in the ring `R`.
 ℤInt : TypeThe integers.

This type is special-cased by the compiler and overridden with an efficient implementation. The
runtime has a special representation for `Int` that stores “small” signed numbers directly, while
larger numbers use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)). A “small number” is an integer that can be encoded with one fewer bits
than the platform's pointer size (i.e. 63 bits on 64-bit architectures and 31 bits on 32-bit
architectures).
 nℕ).smevalPolynomial.smeval.{u_3, u_4} {R : Type u_3} [Semiring R] (p : Polynomial R) {S : Type u_4} [AddCommMonoid S] [Pow S ℕ]
  [MulActionWithZero R S] (x : S) : SEvaluate a polynomial `p` in the scalar semiring `R` at an element `x` in the target `S` using
scalar multiple `R`-action.  rK /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`. ↑nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_def_formula.{u_1}
  {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [FieldField.{u} (K : Type u) : Type uA `Field` is a `CommRing` with multiplicative inverses for nonzero elements.

An instance of `Field K` includes maps `ratCast : ℚ → K` and `qsmul : ℚ → K → K`.
Those two fields are needed to implement the `DivisionRing K → Algebra ℚ K` instance since we need
to control the specific definitions for some special cases of `K` (in particular `K = ℚ` itself).
See also note [forgetful inheritance].

If the field has positive characteristic `p`, our division by zero convention forces
`ratCast (1 / p) = 1 / 0 = 0`.  KType u_1] [CharZeroCharZero.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddMonoidWithOne R] : PropTypeclass for monoids with characteristic zero.
  (This is usually stated on fields but it makes sense for any additive monoid with 1.)

*Warning*: for a semiring `R`, `CharZero R` and `CharP R 0` need not coincide.
* `CharZero R` requires an injection `ℕ ↪ R`;
* `CharP R 0` asks that only `0 : ℕ` maps to `0 : R` under the map `ℕ → R`.
  For instance, endowing `{0, 1}` with addition given by `max` (i.e. `1` is absorbing), shows that
  `CharZero {0, 1}` does not hold and yet `CharP {0, 1} 0` does.
  This example is formalized in `Counterexamples/CharPZeroNeCharZero.lean`.
 KType u_1]
  (rK : KType u_1) (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rK nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (descPochhammerdescPochhammer.{u} (R : Type u) [Ring R] : ℕ → Polynomial R`descPochhammer R n` is the polynomial `X * (X - 1) * ... * (X - n + 1)`,
with coefficients in the ring `R`.
 ℤInt : TypeThe integers.

This type is special-cased by the compiler and overridden with an efficient implementation. The
runtime has a special representation for `Int` that stores “small” signed numbers directly, while
larger numbers use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)). A “small number” is an integer that can be encoded with one fewer bits
than the platform's pointer size (i.e. 63 bits on 64-bit architectures and 31 bits on 32-bit
architectures).
 nℕ).smevalPolynomial.smeval.{u_3, u_4} {R : Type u_3} [Semiring R] (p : Polynomial R) {S : Type u_4} [AddCommMonoid S] [Pow S ℕ]
  [MulActionWithZero R S] (x : S) : SEvaluate a polynomial `p` in the scalar semiring `R` at an element `x` in the target `S` using
scalar multiple `R`-action.  rK /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`.
      ↑nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.

**Definition \ref{def.binom.binom}** (Binomial Coefficient Formula):
For any element $r$ in a field of characteristic zero and $n \in \mathbb{N}$,
$$\binom{r}{n} = \frac{r(r-1)(r-2)\cdots(r-n+1)}{n!}$$

This is the fundamental definition of the binomial coefficient.
In Mathlib, this is expressed using the descending Pochhammer symbol:
`(descPochhammer ℤ n).smeval r = n.factorial • Ring.choose r n`

For fields of characteristic zero, we can write this as a division.

Lemma1.2

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any k \in \mathbb{N}, we have \dbinom{-1}{k} = (-1)^k.

Lean code for Lemma1.2●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_neg_one (kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (-1) kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (-1) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. kℕ

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_neg_one
  (kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) : Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (-1) kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (-1) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. kℕ

Example \ref{exa.binom.-1choosek}: For any $k \in \mathbb{N}$,
$\binom{-1}{k} = (-1)^k$.

Proof

We have \dbinom{-1}{k} = \dfrac{(-1)(-1-1)(-1-2)\cdots(-1-k+1)}{k!} = \dfrac{(-1)(-2)(-3)\cdots(-k)}{k!} = \dfrac{(-1)^k k!}{k!} = (-1)^k.

If n, k \in \mathbb{N} and n \ge k, then \dbinom{n}{k} = \dfrac{n!}{k!(n-k)!}. But this formula only applies to the case when n, k \in \mathbb{N} and n \ge k. The above definition is more general than it.

Lemma1.3

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For n, k \in \mathbb{N} with k \le n, we have \dbinom{n}{k} = \dfrac{n!}{k!(n-k)!}.

Lean code for Lemma1.3●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_factorial_formula {nℕ kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
}
  (hk ≤ n : kℕ ≤LE.le.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LE α] : α → α → PropThe less-equal relation: `x ≤ y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `≤` in identifiers is `le`.

 * The recommended spelling of `<=` in identifiers is `le` (prefer `≤` over `<=`). nℕ) :
  nℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.  /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.kℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.  *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator)..factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`. )HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_factorial_formula
  {nℕ kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
} (hk ≤ n : kℕ ≤LE.le.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LE α] : α → α → PropThe less-equal relation: `x ≤ y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `≤` in identifiers is `le`.

 * The recommended spelling of `<=` in identifiers is `le` (prefer `≤` over `<=`). nℕ) :
  nℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.  /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`.
      (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.kℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.  *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator)..factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`. )HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.

The factorial formula for binomial coefficients: For $n, k \in \mathbb{N}$ with $k \leq n$,
$$\binom{n}{k} = \frac{n!}{k!(n-k)!}$$

This is `Nat.choose_eq_factorial_div_factorial` in Mathlib (Equation \eqref{eq.binom.fac-form}).

Proof

This follows directly from the definition by cancellation.

Lemma1.4

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

Let n \in \mathbb{N}. Then \dbinom{2n}{n} = \dfrac{1 \cdot 3 \cdot 5 \cdot \cdots \cdot (2n-1)}{n!} \cdot 2^n.

Lean code for Lemma1.4●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_two_n_n_eq (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (∏ iℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  nℕ, (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. iℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.) *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. 2 ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`. nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_two_n_n_eq
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (∏ iℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  nℕ, (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. iℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.) *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
        2 ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`.
      nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.

Example \ref{exa.binom.2n-choose-n}: For $n \in \mathbb{N}$,
$$\binom{2n}{n} = \frac{1 \cdot 3 \cdot 5 \cdots (2n-1)}{n!} \cdot 2^n$$

This relates the central binomial coefficient to double factorials.

Proof

We have (2n)! = 1 \cdot 2 \cdot \cdots \cdot (2n) = \left(1 \cdot 3 \cdot 5 \cdot \cdots \cdot (2n-1)\right) \cdot \left(2 \cdot 4 \cdot 6 \cdot \cdots \cdot (2n)\right) = \left(1 \cdot 3 \cdot 5 \cdot \cdots \cdot (2n-1)\right) \cdot 2^n n!.

Now the factorial formula yields \dbinom{2n}{n} = \dfrac{(2n)!}{n!n!} = \dfrac{\left(1 \cdot 3 \cdot 5 \cdot \cdots \cdot (2n-1)\right) \cdot 2^n n!}{n! \cdot n!} = \dfrac{1 \cdot 3 \cdot 5 \cdot \cdots \cdot (2n-1)}{n!} \cdot 2^n.

Theorem1.5

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

We have \dbinom{m}{n} = \dbinom{m-1}{n-1} + \dbinom{m-1}{n} for any numbers m and n.

Lean code for Theorem1.5●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pascal_identity_ring.{u_1} {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
  [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1] [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (mR : RType u_1) (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
)
  (hn0 < n : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  mR nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).mR -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).mR -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). nℕ

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pascal_identity_ring.{u_1}
  {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (mR : RType u_1)
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) (hn0 < n : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  mR nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).mR -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.
      Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).mR -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). nℕ

Proposition \ref{prop.binom.rec} (Pascal's Identity) for generalized binomial coefficients:
$$\binom{m}{n} = \binom{m-1}{n-1} + \binom{m-1}{n}$$

This version works for any element $m$ in a binomial ring and any positive natural number $n$.
This is `Ring.choose_succ_succ` in Mathlib, rewritten in the form matching the TeX source.

Proof

This follows from the identity \dbinom{r+1}{k+1} = \dbinom{r}{k} + \dbinom{r}{k+1}, the successor form of Pascal's identity, by substituting r = m - 1 and k = n - 1.

Lemma1.6

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For natural numbers m, n with m > 0 and n > 0, we have \dbinom{m}{n} = \dbinom{m-1}{n-1} + \dbinom{m-1}{n}.

Lean code for Lemma1.6●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pascal_identity (mℕ nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) (hn0 < n : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ)
  (hm0 < m : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. mℕ) : mℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).mℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator)..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).mℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator)..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pascal_identity
  (mℕ nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) (hn0 < n : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ) (hm0 < m : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. mℕ) :
  mℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).mℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator)..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.
      (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).mℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator)..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ

Proposition \ref{prop.binom.rec} (Pascal's Identity) for natural numbers:
$$\binom{m}{n} = \binom{m-1}{n-1} + \binom{m-1}{n}$$

This is the fundamental recurrence for binomial coefficients.
Note: For natural numbers, we need $m > 0$ because when $m = 0$ and $n = 1$,
the LHS is $\binom{0}{1} = 0$ but the RHS (with Nat subtraction) becomes
$\binom{0}{0} + \binom{0}{1} = 1 + 0 = 1$.

This is `Nat.choose_eq_choose_pred_add` in Mathlib.

Proof

This is the natural-number specialization of Pascal's identity.

Lemma1.7

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any element r in a binomial ring and k \in \mathbb{N}, \dbinom{r+1}{k+1} = \dbinom{r}{k} + \dbinom{r}{k+1}.

Lean code for Lemma1.7●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pascal_identity_succ.{u_1} {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
  [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1] [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (rR : RType u_1) (kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.rR +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.kℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR kℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.kℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pascal_identity_succ.{u_1}
  {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (rR : RType u_1)
  (kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.rR +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.kℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR kℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.
      Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.kℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.

Proposition \ref{prop.binom.rec} (Pascal's Identity) in the "successor" form:
$$\binom{r+1}{k+1} = \binom{r}{k} + \binom{r}{k+1}$$

This is the fundamental recurrence for generalized binomial coefficients.
This is `Ring.choose_succ_succ` in Mathlib.

Proof

This is the successor form of Pascal's identity, which is a standard result in Mathlib.

Theorem1.8

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

Let m, n \in \mathbb{N} satisfy m < n. Then \dbinom{m}{n} = 0.

Lean code for Theorem1.8●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_zero_of_lt {mℕ nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
} (hm < n : mℕ <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ) :
  mℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_zero_of_lt
  {mℕ nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
} (hm < n : mℕ <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ) : mℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0

Proposition \ref{prop.binom.0}: Let $m, n \in \mathbb{N}$ with $m < n$.
Then $\binom{m}{n} = 0$.

This is `Nat.choose_eq_zero_of_lt` in Mathlib.

Proof

If m < n, then in the product m(m-1)(m-2)\cdots(m-n+1) in the numerator of \dbinom{m}{n}, one of the factors is m-m = 0. Hence the entire product is 0, and so \dbinom{m}{n} = 0.

Note that this really requires m \in \mathbb{N}. For example, 1.5 < 2 but \dbinom{1.5}{2} = 0.375 \neq 0.

Theorem1.9

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

Let n \in \mathbb{N} and k \in \mathbb{R}. Then \dbinom{n}{k} = \dbinom{n}{n-k}.

Lean code for Theorem1.9●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_symm {nℕ kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
} (hk ≤ n : kℕ ≤LE.le.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LE α] : α → α → PropThe less-equal relation: `x ≤ y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `≤` in identifiers is `le`.

 * The recommended spelling of `<=` in identifiers is `le` (prefer `≤` over `<=`). nℕ) :
  nℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. nℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_symm
  {nℕ kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
} (hk ≤ n : kℕ ≤LE.le.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LE α] : α → α → PropThe less-equal relation: `x ≤ y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `≤` in identifiers is `le`.

 * The recommended spelling of `<=` in identifiers is `le` (prefer `≤` over `<=`). nℕ) :
  nℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. nℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

Theorem \ref{thm.binom.sym} (Symmetry of Binomial Coefficients):
Let $n \in \mathbb{N}$ and $k \in \mathbb{R}$. Then $\binom{n}{k} = \binom{n}{n-k}$.

For natural numbers $k \leq n$, this is `Nat.choose_symm`.

Proof

For k \notin \{0, 1, \ldots, n\}, both sides are 0. If k < 0 or k > n, then both \dbinom{n}{k} = 0 and \dbinom{n}{n-k} = 0 by the previous proposition or by the definition.

For k \in \{0, 1, \ldots, n\}, we use the factorial formula: \dbinom{n}{k} = \dfrac{n!}{k!(n-k)!} = \dfrac{n!}{(n-k)!k!} = \dbinom{n}{n-k}.

Note the requirement n \in \mathbb{N}. This statement would fail for n = -1 and k = 0, since \dbinom{-1}{0} = 1 but \dbinom{-1}{-1} = 0.

Lemma1.10

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any a, b \in \mathbb{N}, we have \dbinom{a+b}{a} = \dbinom{a+b}{b}.

Lean code for Lemma1.10●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_symm_add (aℕ bℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bℕ)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  aℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bℕ)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  bℕ

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_symm_add
  (aℕ bℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bℕ)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  aℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bℕ)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  bℕ

Symmetry of binomial coefficients when $n = a + b$.
This is a useful variant: $\binom{a+b}{a} = \binom{a+b}{b}$.

Proof

This follows from the symmetry theorem since (a+b) - a = b.

Lemma1.11

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any binomial ring R, natural numbers n, k with k \le n, \dbinom{n}{k} = \dbinom{n}{n-k} where n is viewed as an element of R.

Lean code for Lemma1.11●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_symm_ring.{u_1} {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
  [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1] [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (nℕ kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) (hk ≤ n : kℕ ≤LE.le.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LE α] : α → α → PropThe less-equal relation: `x ≤ y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `≤` in identifiers is `le`.

 * The recommended spelling of `<=` in identifiers is `le` (prefer `≤` over `<=`). nℕ) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (↑nℕ) kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (↑nℕ) (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_symm_ring.{u_1}
  {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  (nℕ kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) (hk ≤ n : kℕ ≤LE.le.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LE α] : α → α → PropThe less-equal relation: `x ≤ y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `≤` in identifiers is `le`.

 * The recommended spelling of `<=` in identifiers is `le` (prefer `≤` over `<=`). nℕ) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (↑nℕ) kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (↑nℕ) (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

Symmetry of generalized binomial coefficients for `Ring.choose` when the first
argument is a natural number. This extends `binom_symm` to binomial rings.

Proof

This follows from the natural-number symmetry and the fact that the generalized binomial coefficient agrees with the natural-number binomial coefficient on natural numbers.

Lemma1.12

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any r, we have \dbinom{r}{0} = 1.

Lean code for Lemma1.12●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_zero_right.{u_1} {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
  [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1] [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (rR : RType u_1) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 1

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_zero_right.{u_1}
  {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  (rR : RType u_1) : Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 1

Base case: $\binom{r}{0} = 1$ for any $r$.

This follows from the definition: the empty product $r(r-1)\cdots(r-0+1)$ equals $1$.

Proof

The empty product in the numerator of \dbinom{r}{0} equals 1, and 0! = 1.

Lemma1.13

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any r, we have \dbinom{r}{1} = r.

Lean code for Lemma1.13●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_one_right.{u_1} {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
  [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1] [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (rR : RType u_1) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR 1 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. rR

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_one_right.{u_1}
  {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  (rR : RType u_1) : Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR 1 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. rR

First case: $\binom{r}{1} = r$.

This follows from the definition: $\frac{r}{1!} = r$.

Proof

We have \dbinom{r}{1} = \frac{r}{1!} = r.

Lemma1.14

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For k > 0, we have \dbinom{0}{k} = 0.

Lean code for Lemma1.14●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_zero_left_pos.{u_1} {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
  [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1] [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] {kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
} (hk0 < k : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. kℕ) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  0 kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_zero_left_pos.{u_1}
  {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] {kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
}
  (hk0 < k : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. kℕ) : Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  0 kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0

For $k > 0$, we have $\binom{0}{k} = 0$.

This follows from the definition: the product $0 \cdot (-1) \cdot (-2) \cdots$ has a factor of $0$.

Proof

The numerator of \dbinom{0}{k} contains the factor 0.

Lemma1.15

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any element r in a binomial ring and n \in \mathbb{N}, n! \cdot \dbinom{r}{n} = r(r-1)(r-2)\cdots(r-n+1).

Lean code for Lemma1.15●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_factorial_smul.{u_1} {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
  [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1] [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (rR : RType u_1) (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.  •HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (descPochhammerdescPochhammer.{u} (R : Type u) [Ring R] : ℕ → Polynomial R`descPochhammer R n` is the polynomial `X * (X - 1) * ... * (X - n + 1)`,
with coefficients in the ring `R`.
 ℤInt : TypeThe integers.

This type is special-cased by the compiler and overridden with an efficient implementation. The
runtime has a special representation for `Int` that stores “small” signed numbers directly, while
larger numbers use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)). A “small number” is an integer that can be encoded with one fewer bits
than the platform's pointer size (i.e. 63 bits on 64-bit architectures and 31 bits on 32-bit
architectures).
 nℕ).smevalPolynomial.smeval.{u_3, u_4} {R : Type u_3} [Semiring R] (p : Polynomial R) {S : Type u_4} [AddCommMonoid S] [Pow S ℕ]
  [MulActionWithZero R S] (x : S) : SEvaluate a polynomial `p` in the scalar semiring `R` at an element `x` in the target `S` using
scalar multiple `R`-action.  rR

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_factorial_smul.{u_1}
  {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (rR : RType u_1)
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.  •HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  rR nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (descPochhammerdescPochhammer.{u} (R : Type u) [Ring R] : ℕ → Polynomial R`descPochhammer R n` is the polynomial `X * (X - 1) * ... * (X - n + 1)`,
with coefficients in the ring `R`.
 ℤInt : TypeThe integers.

This type is special-cased by the compiler and overridden with an efficient implementation. The
runtime has a special representation for `Int` that stores “small” signed numbers directly, while
larger numbers use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)). A “small number” is an integer that can be encoded with one fewer bits
than the platform's pointer size (i.e. 63 bits on 64-bit architectures and 31 bits on 32-bit
architectures).
 nℕ).smevalPolynomial.smeval.{u_3, u_4} {R : Type u_3} [Semiring R] (p : Polynomial R) {S : Type u_4} [AddCommMonoid S] [Pow S ℕ]
  [MulActionWithZero R S] (x : S) : SEvaluate a polynomial `p` in the scalar semiring `R` at an element `x` in the target `S` using
scalar multiple `R`-action.  rR

The binomial coefficient satisfies the factorial formula:
$$n! \cdot \binom{r}{n} = r(r-1)(r-2)\cdots(r-n+1)$$

This is `Ring.descPochhammer_eq_factorial_smul_choose` in Mathlib.

Proof

This is the defining property of generalized binomial coefficients in a binomial ring, expressed using the descending Pochhammer symbol.

Lemma1.16

Group: The opening binomial-coefficient definitions and identities. (15)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.1

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For natural numbers n, k, the generalized binomial coefficient \dbinom{n}{k}, computed in any binomial ring, agrees with the natural-number binomial coefficient \dbinom{n}{k} as computed from the defining formula for binomial coefficients.

Lean code for Lemma1.16●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_natCast.{u_1} {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
  [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1] [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1] (nℕ kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (↑nℕ) kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. ↑(nℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  kℕ)

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binom_natCast.{u_1}
  {RType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  [BinomialRingBinomialRing.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [AddCommMonoid R] [Pow R ℕ] : Type u_1A binomial ring is a ring for which ascending Pochhammer evaluations are uniquely divisible by
suitable factorials. We define this notion as a mixin for additive commutative monoids with natural
number powers, but retain the ring name. We introduce `Ring.multichoose` as the uniquely defined
quotient.  RType u_1] [NatPowAssocNatPowAssoc.{u_2} (M : Type u_2) [MulOneClass M] [Pow M ℕ] : PropA mixin for power-associative multiplication.  RType u_1]
  (nℕ kℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (↑nℕ) kℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. ↑(nℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  kℕ)

For natural numbers, `Ring.choose` agrees with `Nat.choose`:
$$\binom{n}{k} = \text{Nat.choose } n\, k$$

This is `Ring.choose_natCast` in Mathlib.

Proof

This follows from the fact that the generalized binomial coefficient agrees with the natural-number binomial coefficient when n and k are natural numbers.

Lemma1.17

group✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any n \in \mathbb{N}, \prod_{i=0}^{n-1}(2i+1) = (2n-1)!! That is, the product of odd numbers 1 \cdot 3 \cdot 5 \cdots (2n-1) equals the double factorial (2n-1)!!.

Lean code for Lemma1.17●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.prod_odd_eq_doubleFactorial (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  ∏ iℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  nℕ, (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. iℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator)..doubleFactorialNat.doubleFactorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.doubleFactorial n` is the double factorial of `n`.

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.prod_odd_eq_doubleFactorial
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  ∏ iℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  nℕ, (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. iℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator)..doubleFactorialNat.doubleFactorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.doubleFactorial n` is the double factorial of `n`.

The product of odd numbers 1·3·5·...·(2n-1) equals the double factorial (2n-1)‼.

Proof

By induction on n, using the double factorial recurrence (2m+3)!! = (2m+3)\cdot(2m+1)!!.

Lemma1.18

group✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any n \in \mathbb{N}, n! divides \left(\prod_{i=0}^{n-1}(2i+1)\right)\cdot 2^n.

Lean code for Lemma1.18●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.factorial_dvd_prod_odd_mul_pow (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.  ∣Dvd.dvd.{u_1} {α : Type u_1} [self : Dvd α] : α → α → PropDivisibility. `a ∣ b` (typed as `\|`) means that there is some `c` such that `b = a * c`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `∣` in identifiers is `dvd`. (∏ iℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  nℕ, (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. iℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.) *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. 2 ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.factorial_dvd_prod_odd_mul_pow
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  nℕ.factorialNat.factorial : ℕ → ℕ`Nat.factorial n` is the factorial of `n`.  ∣Dvd.dvd.{u_1} {α : Type u_1} [self : Dvd α] : α → α → PropDivisibility. `a ∣ b` (typed as `\|`) means that there is some `c` such that `b = a * c`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `∣` in identifiers is `dvd`.
    (∏ iℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  nℕ, (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. iℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.) *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
      2 ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ

n! divides the product (1·3·5·...·(2n-1)) · 2^n.

Proof

This uses the factorization (2n)! = 2^n \cdot n! \cdot (2n-1)!! together with the divisibility n!\cdot n! \mid (2n)!.

Definition1.19

Group: The Fibonacci example and its generating-function formulas. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.20

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The Fibonacci sequence (f_0, f_1, f_2, \ldots) is defined by f_0 = 0, f_1 = 1, and f_n = f_{n-1} + f_{n-2} for n \ge 2.

Lean code for Definition1.19●1 definition

defdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
 → ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci :
  ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
 → ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.

The Fibonacci sequence.

**Mathlib note**: This is definitionally equal to `Nat.fib` in Mathlib.

Definition1.20

Group: The Fibonacci example and its generating-function formulas. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.19

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The golden ratio is \phi_+ = \frac{1+\sqrt{5}}{2}.

Lean code for Definition1.20●1 definition

defdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.goldenRatioPlus : ℝReal : TypeThe type `ℝ` of real numbers constructed as equivalence classes of Cauchy sequences of rational
numbers.

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.goldenRatioPlus :
  ℝReal : TypeThe type `ℝ` of real numbers constructed as equivalence classes of Cauchy sequences of rational
numbers.

The golden ratio $\phi_+ = \frac{1 + \sqrt{5}}{2}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equal to `Real.goldenRatio` in Mathlib.

Definition1.21

Group: The Fibonacci example and its generating-function formulas. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.19

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The conjugate golden ratio is \phi_- = \frac{1-\sqrt{5}}{2}.

Lean code for Definition1.21●1 definition

defdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.goldenRatioMinus : ℝReal : TypeThe type `ℝ` of real numbers constructed as equivalence classes of Cauchy sequences of rational
numbers.

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.goldenRatioMinus :
  ℝReal : TypeThe type `ℝ` of real numbers constructed as equivalence classes of Cauchy sequences of rational
numbers.

The conjugate golden ratio $\phi_- = \frac{1 - \sqrt{5}}{2}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equal to `Real.goldenConj` in Mathlib.

Theorem1.22

Group: The Fibonacci example and its generating-function formulas. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.19

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The generating function of the Fibonacci sequence is F(x) = \sum_{n \geq 0} f_n x^n = \frac{x}{1-x-x^2}.

Lean code for Theorem1.22●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci_gf :
  (PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ ↑(FPS.fibonacciAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci : ℕ → ℕThe Fibonacci sequence.

**Mathlib note**: This is definitionally equal to `Nat.fib` in Mathlib.  nℕ)) =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`.

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci_gf :
  (PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦
      ↑(FPS.fibonacciAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci : ℕ → ℕThe Fibonacci sequence.

**Mathlib note**: This is definitionally equal to `Nat.fib` in Mathlib.  nℕ)) =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
      (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).
          PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`.

The generating function of the Fibonacci sequence is $\frac{x}{1-x-x^2}$.

Equation \eqref{eq.sec.gf.exas.1.Fx=1}.

Proof

Let D = 1 - x - x^2. We verify F \cdot D = x by checking that for each n, [x^n](F \cdot D) = f_n - f_{n-1} - f_{n-2} = 0 for n \ge 2, [x^1](F \cdot D) = 1, and [x^0](F \cdot D) = 0. Then F = x \cdot D^{-1} since the constant term of D is nonzero.

Theorem1.23

Group: The Fibonacci example and its generating-function formulas. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.19

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any n \in \mathbb{N}, f_n = \frac{\phi_+^n - \phi_-^n}{\sqrt{5}}.

Lean code for Theorem1.23●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci_binet (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  ↑(FPS.fibonacciAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci : ℕ → ℕThe Fibonacci sequence.

**Mathlib note**: This is definitionally equal to `Nat.fib` in Mathlib.  nℕ) =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).FPS.goldenRatioPlusAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.goldenRatioPlus : ℝThe golden ratio $\phi_+ = \frac{1 + \sqrt{5}}{2}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equal to `Real.goldenRatio` in Mathlib.  ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). FPS.goldenRatioMinusAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.goldenRatioMinus : ℝThe conjugate golden ratio $\phi_- = \frac{1 - \sqrt{5}}{2}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equal to `Real.goldenConj` in Mathlib.  ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`. √Real.sqrt (x : ℝ) : ℝThe square root of a real number. This returns 0 for negative inputs.

This has notation `√x`. Note that `√x⁻¹` is parsed as `√(x⁻¹)`. 5

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci_binet
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  ↑(FPS.fibonacciAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.fibonacci : ℕ → ℕThe Fibonacci sequence.

**Mathlib note**: This is definitionally equal to `Nat.fib` in Mathlib.  nℕ) =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).FPS.goldenRatioPlusAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.goldenRatioPlus : ℝThe golden ratio $\phi_+ = \frac{1 + \sqrt{5}}{2}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equal to `Real.goldenRatio` in Mathlib.  ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).
        FPS.goldenRatioMinusAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.goldenRatioMinus : ℝThe conjugate golden ratio $\phi_- = \frac{1 - \sqrt{5}}{2}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equal to `Real.goldenConj` in Mathlib.  ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`.
      √Real.sqrt (x : ℝ) : ℝThe square root of a real number. This returns 0 for negative inputs.

This has notation `√x`. Note that `√x⁻¹` is parsed as `√(x⁻¹)`. 5

**Binet's Formula**: For any $n \in \mathbb{N}$,
$$f_n = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5}} \left( \phi_+^n - \phi_-^n \right)$$
where $\phi_\pm = \frac{1 \pm \sqrt{5}}{2}$ are the golden ratios.

**Mathlib note**: This is proved as `Real.coe_fib_eq` in Mathlib.

Proof

This follows from Binet's formula as established in Mathlib.

Definition1.24

Group: Dyck words, Catalan numbers, and their generating function. (5)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.25

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

A Dyck word of length 2n is a list of 0s and 1s with equal numbers of each, such that every prefix has at least as many 1s as 0s.

Lean code for Definition1.24●1 definition

defdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.isDyckWord (wList Bool : ListList.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uLinked lists: ordered lists, in which each element has a reference to the next element.

Most operations on linked lists take time proportional to the length of the list, because each
element must be traversed to find the next element.

`List α` is isomorphic to `Array α`, but they are useful for different things:
* `List α` is easier for reasoning, and `Array α` is modeled as a wrapper around `List α`.
* `List α` works well as a persistent data structure, when many copies of the tail are shared. When
  the value is not shared, `Array α` will have better performance because it can do destructive
  updates.
 BoolBool : TypeThe Boolean values, `true` and `false`.

Logically speaking, this is equivalent to `Prop` (the type of propositions). The distinction is
public important for programming: both propositions and their proofs are erased in the code generator,
while `Bool` corresponds to the Boolean type in most programming languages and carries precisely one
bit of run-time information.
) : PropThe universe of propositions. `Prop ≡ Sort 0`.

Every proposition is propositionally equal to either `True` or `False`.

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.isDyckWord
  (wList Bool : ListList.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uLinked lists: ordered lists, in which each element has a reference to the next element.

Most operations on linked lists take time proportional to the length of the list, because each
element must be traversed to find the next element.

`List α` is isomorphic to `Array α`, but they are useful for different things:
* `List α` is easier for reasoning, and `Array α` is modeled as a wrapper around `List α`.
* `List α` works well as a persistent data structure, when many copies of the tail are shared. When
  the value is not shared, `Array α` will have better performance because it can do destructive
  updates.
 BoolBool : TypeThe Boolean values, `true` and `false`.

Logically speaking, this is equivalent to `Prop` (the type of propositions). The distinction is
public important for programming: both propositions and their proofs are erased in the code generator,
while `Bool` corresponds to the Boolean type in most programming languages and carries precisely one
bit of run-time information.
) : PropThe universe of propositions. `Prop ≡ Sort 0`.

Every proposition is propositionally equal to either `True` or `False`.

A list is a Dyck word if it consists of 0s and 1s, has equal numbers
of each, and every prefix has at least as many 1s as 0s.

Here we represent 1 as `true` and 0 as `false`.

**Mathlib note**: This is an alternative representation to Mathlib's `DyckWord` structure,
which uses a `DyckStep` enum with constructors `U` (up) and `D` (down). The two representations
are equivalent via the bijection sending `true` to `U` and `false` to `D`.

Definition1.25

Group: Dyck words, Catalan numbers, and their generating function. (5)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.24

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The n-th Catalan number is c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\dbinom{2n}{n}.

Lean code for Definition1.25●1 definition

defdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.

The Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.

Theorem1.26

Group: Dyck words, Catalan numbers, and their generating function. (5)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.24

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For n \ge 1, the Catalan numbers satisfy the recurrence c_n = \sum_{k=0}^{n-1} c_k \, c_{n-1-k}.

Lean code for Theorem1.26●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_recurrence (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) (hn0 < n : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ) :
  FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    ∑ kℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  nℕ, FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  kℕ *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_recurrence
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) (hn0 < n : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ) :
  FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    ∑ kℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  nℕ,
      FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  kℕ *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
        FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

The Catalan recurrence relation:
$$c_n = \sum_{k=0}^{n-1} c_k c_{n-1-k}$$
for $n \geq 1$, with $c_0 = 1$.

Proof

This follows from Mathlib's Catalan number recurrence, converting between Mathlib's recursive definition and the explicit formula.

Lemma1.27

Group: Dyck words, Catalan numbers, and their generating function. (5)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.24

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The explicit formula for Catalan numbers is c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\dbinom{2n}{n}.

Lean code for Lemma1.27●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_explicit (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_explicit
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ /HDiv.hDiv.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HDiv α β γ] : α → β → γ`a / b` computes the result of dividing `a` by `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For most types like `Nat`, `Int`, `Rat`, `Real`, `a / 0` is defined to be `0`.
* For `Nat`, `a / b` rounds downwards.
* For `Int`, `a / b` rounds downwards if `b` is positive or upwards if `b` is negative.
  It is implemented as `Int.ediv`, the unique function satisfying
  `a % b + b * (a / b) = a` and `0 ≤ a % b < natAbs b` for `b ≠ 0`.
  Other rounding conventions are available using the functions
  `Int.fdiv` (floor rounding) and `Int.tdiv` (truncation rounding).
* For `Float`, `a / 0` follows the IEEE 754 semantics for division,
  usually resulting in `inf` or `nan`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `/` in identifiers is `div`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.

Equation \eqref{eq.sec.gf.exas.cn=1/(n+1)}: The explicit formula for Catalan numbers:
$$c_n = \frac{1}{n+1} \binom{2n}{n}$$

Proof

This is immediate from the definition of c_n.

Lemma1.28

Group: Dyck words, Catalan numbers, and their generating function. (5)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.24

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For n \ge 1, c_n = \dbinom{2n}{n} - \dbinom{2n}{n-1}.

Lean code for Lemma1.28●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_as_diff {nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
} (hn0 < n : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ) :
  FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_as_diff
  {nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
} (hn0 < n : 0 <LT.lt.{u} {α : Type u} [self : LT α] : α → α → PropThe less-than relation: `x < y` 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `<` in identifiers is `lt`. nℕ) :
  FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).
      (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. nℕ)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). 1)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

Equation \eqref{eq.sec.gf.exas.cn=diff}: Alternative form of Catalan numbers:
$$c_n = \binom{2n}{n} - \binom{2n}{n-1}$$

Note: For $n = 0$, this becomes $1 - \binom{0}{-1} = 1 - 0 = 1$, which is correct since
$\binom{m}{k} = 0$ when $k < 0$ (or equivalently, when $k$ is not a natural number).
In Lean's `Nat.choose`, we have `0.choose (0 - 1) = 0.choose 0 = 1` due to subtraction
truncation, so this theorem requires $n > 0$.

Proof

This uses the identity \dbinom{2n}{n-1}\cdot(n+1) = \dbinom{2n}{n}\cdot n, coming from the recurrence for binomial coefficients, together with the divisibility (n+1) \mid \dbinom{2n}{n}.

Theorem1.29

Group: Dyck words, Catalan numbers, and their generating function. (5)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Definition 1.24

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The generating function C(x) = \sum_{n\geq 0} c_n x^n satisfies the functional equation C(x) = 1 + x\, C(x)^2.

Lean code for Theorem1.29●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_gf_equation :
  have CPowerSeries ℚ := PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ ↑(FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ);
  CPowerSeries ℚ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 1 +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. CPowerSeries ℚ ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_gf_equation :
  have CPowerSeries ℚ :=
    PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦
      ↑(FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ);
  CPowerSeries ℚ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 1 +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. CPowerSeries ℚ ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2

The generating function of the Catalan numbers satisfies
$C(x) = 1 + x \cdot C(x)^2$.

Proof

This follows from Mathlib's identity C(x)^2 \cdot x + 1 = C(x) for the Catalan generating function, after showing that C(x) equals the image of Mathlib's Catalan series under the natural map.

Lemma1.30

Group: Helper lemmas for the explicit Catalan generating function. (3)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.31

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For n \in \mathbb{N}, (n+1)\dbinom{1/2}{n+1} = \left(\frac{1}{2}-n\right)\dbinom{1/2}{n}.

Lean code for Lemma1.30●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.choose_half_recurrence (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.↑nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 / 2 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). ↑nℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) nℕ

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.choose_half_recurrence
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.↑nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 / 2 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). ↑nℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) nℕ

Recurrence relation for Ring.choose at 1/2:
$(n + 1) \cdot \binom{1/2}{n+1} = (1/2 - n) \cdot \binom{1/2}{n}$.

This follows from the descending Pochhammer formula for binomial coefficients.

Proof

This follows from the descending Pochhammer recurrence applied to \dbinom{1/2}{n}.

Lemma1.31

Group: Helper lemmas for the explicit Catalan generating function. (3)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.30

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For n \in \mathbb{N}, \dbinom{1/2}{n+1}\cdot(-4)^{n+1}\cdot(n+1) = -2\cdot\dbinom{2n}{n}.

Lean code for Lemma1.31●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.A_eq_neg_two_centralBinom (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (-4) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.↑nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    -2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. ↑nℕ.centralBinomNat.centralBinom (n : ℕ) : ℕThe central binomial coefficient, `Nat.choose (2 * n) n`.

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.A_eq_neg_two_centralBinom
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
        (-4) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
      (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.↑nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    -2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. ↑nℕ.centralBinomNat.centralBinom (n : ℕ) : ℕThe central binomial coefficient, `Nat.choose (2 * n) n`.

Key identity: $\binom{1/2}{n+1} \cdot (-4)^{n+1} \cdot (n+1) = -2 \cdot \binom{2n}{n}$.

This relates the binomial coefficient at 1/2 to the central binomial coefficient.

Proof

By induction on n, using the previous recurrence lemma and the central binomial coefficient recurrence (n+1)\dbinom{2(n+1)}{n+1} = 2(2n+1)\dbinom{2n}{n}.

Lemma1.32

Group: Helper lemmas for the explicit Catalan generating function. (3)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.30

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For n \in \mathbb{N}, \dbinom{1/2}{n+1}\cdot(-4)^{n+1} = -2\, c_n.

Lean code for Lemma1.32●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.choose_half_neg4_pow_eq (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (-4) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. -2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. ↑(FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ)

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.choose_half_neg4_pow_eq
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
      (-4) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    -2 *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. ↑(FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ)

The key coefficient identity for the Catalan generating function:
$\binom{1/2}{n+1} \cdot (-4)^{n+1} = -2 \cdot c_n$.

Proof

This follows from the previous lemma by dividing both sides by (n+1), using (n+1)\mid\dbinom{2n}{n} and c_n = \dbinom{2n}{n}/(n+1).

Theorem1.33

Group: Helper lemmas for the explicit Catalan generating function. (3)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.30

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The generating function of the Catalan numbers satisfies 2x\,C(x) = 1 - \sqrt{1-4x}, where \sqrt{1-4x} = \sum_{n\geq 0}\dbinom{1/2}{n}(-4)^n x^n is the binomial series.

Lean code for Theorem1.33●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_gf_explicit :
  2 •HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.(PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ ↑(FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ)) *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) nℕ *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (-4) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan_gf_explicit :
  2 •HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`.
      (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.(PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦
          ↑(FPS.catalanAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.catalan (n : ℕ) : ℕThe Catalan numbers, defined as $c_n = \frac{1}{n+1}\binom{2n}{n}$.

**Mathlib note**: This is equivalent to Mathlib's `catalan`, which is defined recursively.
The equivalence is proved by `catalan_eq_mathlib_catalan`.  nℕ)) *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
        PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).
      PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦
        Ring.chooseRing.choose.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [AddCommGroupWithOne R] [Pow R ℕ] [BinomialRing R] (r : R) (n : ℕ) : RThe binomial coefficient `choose r n` generalizes the natural number `Nat.choose` function,
interpreted in terms of choosing without replacement.  (1 / 2) nℕ *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (-4) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ

The generating function of the Catalan numbers is related to $\sqrt{1 - 4x}$.

The exact formula $C(x) = \frac{1 - \sqrt{1 - 4x}}{2x}$ is reformulated as
$2x \cdot C(x) = 1 - \sqrt{1 - 4x}$ to avoid division by $x$ in power series
(since $x$ is not a unit in the ring of formal power series).

The square root $\sqrt{1 - 4x}$ is represented by the binomial series
$\sum_{n \geq 0} \binom{1/2}{n} (-4x)^n = \sum_{n \geq 0} \binom{1/2}{n} (-4)^n x^n$.

Equation \eqref{eq.sec.gf.exas.2.-}.

Proof

We check coefficient by coefficient. For n=0, both sides give 0. For n \ge 1, the n-th coefficient of the left side is 2c_{n-1}, and the n-th coefficient of 1 - \sqrt{1-4x} is -\dbinom{1/2}{n}(-4)^n, which equals 2c_{n-1} by the previous helper lemma.

Theorem1.34

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For a, b, n \in \mathbb{N}, \dbinom{a+b}{n} = \sum_{k=0}^{n}\dbinom{a}{k}\dbinom{b}{n-k}.

Lean code for Theorem1.34●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.vandermonde_convolution (aℕ bℕ nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bℕ)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    ∑ kℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`., aℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  kℕ *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.vandermonde_convolution
  (aℕ bℕ nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bℕ)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`..chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    ∑ kℕ ∈ Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.,
      aℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  kℕ *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bℕ.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).nℕ -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). kℕ)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).

The Vandermonde convolution identity:
$$\binom{a+b}{n} = \sum_{k=0}^{n} \binom{a}{k} \binom{b}{n-k}$$

**Mathlib note**: Mathlib's `Nat.add_choose_eq` uses `∑ ij ∈ antidiagonal n` instead of
`∑ k ∈ range (n + 1)`. The two formulations are equivalent via
`Finset.sum_antidiagonal_eq_sum_range_succ_mk`. This version matches the source material.

Proof

This follows from the Vandermonde convolution identity for natural-number binomial coefficients from Mathlib, with the antidiagonal sum rewritten as a range sum.

Definition1.35

group✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The sequence (a_n) defined by a_0 = 1 and a_{n+1} = 2a_n + n for all n\geq 0.

Lean code for Definition1.35●1 definition

defdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.exampleRecurrence : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
 → ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.

def AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.exampleRecurrence :
  ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
 → ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.

The sequence defined by $a_0 = 1$ and $a_{n+1} = 2a_n + n$.

Theorem1.36

group✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For all n\in\mathbb{N}, a_n = 2^{n+1} - (n+1).

Lean code for Theorem1.36●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.exampleRecurrence_explicit (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  FPS.exampleRecurrenceAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.exampleRecurrence : ℕ → ℕThe sequence defined by $a_0 = 1$ and $a_{n+1} = 2a_n + n$.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 2 ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.exampleRecurrence_explicit
  (nℕ : ℕNat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.

This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
[GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
) :
  FPS.exampleRecurrenceAlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.exampleRecurrence : ℕ → ℕThe sequence defined by $a_0 = 1$ and $a_{n+1} = 2a_n + n$.  nℕ =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    2 ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.

The explicit formula: $a_n = 2^{n+1} - (n+1)$.

Proof

Proceed by induction on n. The base case a_0 = 1 = 2^1 - 1 is immediate. For the induction step, a_{n+1} = 2a_n + n = 2(2^{n+1}-(n+1)) + n = 2^{n+2} - (n+2).

Lemma1.37

Group: Auxiliary power-series identities used by the examples. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.38

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The geometric series identity is \frac{1}{1-x} = 1 + x + x^2 + x^3 + \cdots = \sum_{n\geq 0} x^n.

Lean code for Lemma1.37●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.geometric_series :
  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun xℕ ↦ 1

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.geometric_series :
  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun xℕ ↦ 1

The geometric series: $\frac{1}{1-x} = 1 + x + x^2 + x^3 + \cdots$

Equation \eqref{eq.sec.gf.exas.1.1/1-x}.

Proof

We verify (1-x)\cdot\sum_{n\geq 0}x^n = 1 and invert, using that the constant term of (1-x) is nonzero.

Lemma1.38

Group: Auxiliary power-series identities used by the examples. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.37

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

For any \alpha \in \mathbb{Q}, \frac{1}{1-\alpha x} = \sum_{n\geq 0}\alpha^n x^n.

Lean code for Lemma1.38●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.geometric_series_scaled (αℚ : ℚRat : TypeRational numbers, implemented as a pair of integers `num / den` such that the
denominator is positive and the numerator and denominator are coprime.
) :
  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). αℚ •HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ αℚ ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.geometric_series_scaled
  (αℚ : ℚRat : TypeRational numbers, implemented as a pair of integers `num / den` such that the
denominator is positive and the numerator and denominator are coprime.
) :
  (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). αℚ •HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ αℚ ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. nℕ

Generalized geometric series: $\frac{1}{1-\alpha x} = \sum_{k \geq 0} \alpha^k x^k$

Equation \eqref{eq.sec.gf.exas.1.1/1-ax}.

Proof

We verify (1-\alpha x)\cdot\sum_{n\geq 0}\alpha^n x^n = 1 by checking coefficients, then invert.

Lemma1.39

Group: Auxiliary power-series identities used by the examples. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.37

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The formal derivative of \frac{1}{1-x} is \frac{1}{(1-x)^2}.

Lean code for Lemma1.39●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.deriv_inv_one_minus_x :
  (PowerSeries.derivativePowerSeries.derivative.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [CommSemiring R] : Derivation R (PowerSeries R) (PowerSeries R)The formal derivative of a formal power series  ℚRat : TypeRational numbers, implemented as a pair of integers `num / den` such that the
denominator is positive and the numerator and denominator are coprime.
) (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.deriv_inv_one_minus_x :
  (PowerSeries.derivativePowerSeries.derivative.{u_1} (R : Type u_1) [CommSemiring R] : Derivation R (PowerSeries R) (PowerSeries R)The formal derivative of a formal power series  ℚRat : TypeRational numbers, implemented as a pair of integers `num / den` such that the
denominator is positive and the numerator and denominator are coprime.
)
      (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2

The derivative of $\frac{1}{1-x}$ is $\frac{1}{(1-x)^2}$.

Equation \eqref{eq.sec.gf.exas.4.1/(1-x)2}.

Proof

This follows from the derivative of an inverse formula in Mathlib.

Lemma1.40

Group: Auxiliary power-series identities used by the examples. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.37

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The power series identity is \sum_{n\geq 0}(n+1)x^n = \frac{1}{(1-x)^2}.

Lean code for Lemma1.40●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_n_plus_one_pow :
  (PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ ↑nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1) =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_n_plus_one_pow :
  (PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ ↑nℕ +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1) =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2

The power series $\sum_{n \geq 0} (n+1) x^n = \frac{1}{(1-x)^2}$.

Equation \eqref{eq.sec.gf.exas.4.1/(1-x)2}.

Proof

This uses the identity \sum_{n\geq 0}(n+1)x^n = \frac{1}{(1-x)^2} from Mathlib.

Lemma1.41

Group: Auxiliary power-series identities used by the examples. (4)

Hover another entry in this group to preview it.

Preview

Lemma 1.37

Loading preview

Hover a group entry to preview it.

✓L∃∀Nused by 0

The power series identity is \sum_{n\geq 0}n\, x^n = \frac{x}{(1-x)^2}.

Lean code for Lemma1.41●1 theorem

theoremdefined in AlgebraicCombinatorics/FPS/NotationsExamples.lean

complete

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_n_pow :
  (PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ ↑nℕ) =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2

theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_n_pow :
  (PowerSeries.mkPowerSeries.mk.{u_2} {R : Type u_2} (f : ℕ → R) : PowerSeries RConstructor for formal power series.  fun nℕ ↦ ↑nℕ) =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
```
variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)

example : a = d :=
  Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
```
Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
Example:
```
example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  Eq.subst h1 h2

example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
    (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
  h1 ▸ h2
```
The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)


Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
    PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring.  *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
      (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).1 -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). PowerSeries.XPowerSeries.X.{u_1} {R : Type u_1} [Semiring R] : PowerSeries RThe variable of the formal power series ring. )HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
* For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).⁻¹Inv.inv.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Inv α] : α → α`a⁻¹` computes the inverse of `a`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `⁻¹` in identifiers is `inv`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 

Conventions for notations in identifiers:

 * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. 2

The power series $\sum_{n \geq 1} n x^n = \frac{x}{(1-x)^2}$.

Equation \eqref{eq.sec.gf.exas.4.x/(1-x)2}.

Proof

For n=0 both sides give 0; for n \geq 1, [x^n]\left(\frac{x}{(1-x)^2}\right) = [x^{n-1}]\frac{1}{(1-x)^2} = n, using the previous lemma.